Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Manual System
        • HVAC System Service Specifications
        • HVAC Torque Specifications
    • Axle Flange Nut
      • Axle Flange Nut Service Specifications
        • Axle Flange Nut Torque Specification
    • Battery
      • General Service
        • Battery Service Specifications
        • Battery Torque Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brakes Service Specifications
        • Disc Brakes Torque Specifications
      • Drum Brakes
        • Drum Brakes Service Specifications
        • Drum Brakes Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • General Service
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • General Service
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • 2.2L (L61)
        • Compression Specifications
        • Oil Pressure Specifications
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
      • 3.5L (L66)
        • Compression Specifications
        • Oil Pressure Specifications
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
    • Fluid Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
        • Vehicle Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque Specifications
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel System Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
        • Fuel Filter Location
        • Fuel Filter Removal & Installation
    • Ignition System
      • Firing Order
      • High Tension Wire Resistance
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Specifications
    • Starting System
      • Starter
        • Starter Service Specifications
        • Starter Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Tightening Specifications
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Bolts/Nuts
        • Torque Specifications
        • Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (5AT) DTCS (A00188851)
    • Automatic Transmission (VT 25-E) DTCS (A00188781)
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communications DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 2.2L DTCS (A00188839) (A00188841)
    • Engine Performance - 3.5L DTCS (A00188840) (A00188845) (A00188844)
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC - Manual DTCS
    • Hydraulic Brakes DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Manual Transmission DTCS
    • Power Door Lock DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Splice Pack SP101 Connector End View (G101)
        • Splice Pack SP113 Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Splice Pack SP114 Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View (G201)
        • Splice Pack SP203 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View (G205) (w/JM4)
        • Splice Pack SP301 Connector End View (G301)
        • Splice Pack SP401 Connector End View (G401)
        • Splice Pack SP403 Connector End View (G403)
        • C102 - Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L66)
        • C102 - Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C103 - Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Sensor Harness Connector End View (L66)
        • C104 - LF WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C105 - RF WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C106 - Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO)
        • C150 - Fuel Injector Harness to the Engine Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C200 - I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C201 - Auxiliary Outlet Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C202 - HVAC Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 - I/P Harness to the Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C300 - Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C302 - Sunroof Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C303 - I/P Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C304 - Shifter Assembly Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 - Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO, KA1)
        • C306 - Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO, KA1)
        • C307 - SDM (I/P) Harness to the SIS Harness Connector End View (Early Production)
        • C307 - SDM (I/P) Harness to the SIS Harness Connector End View (Late Production)
        • C308 - Roof Rail Module Harness to the SDM (I/P) Harness Connector End View (ASF)
        • C400 - Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 - Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 - Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C403 - Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C404 - Rear WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C405 - License Lamp Harness to the Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C406 - Fuel Tank Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 - Body Harness to the LR Door Connector End View
        • C800 - Body Harness to the RR Door Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View (Part of the Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left Lighting Systems
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right Lighting Systems
        • Backup Switch Connector End View (L61 w/M/T)
        • Center High Mount Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Map Lamp Connector End View
        • Cruise/Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Resistor Connector End View
        • Dimmer Switch (Dash Illumination) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftgate Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Stop Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Stop Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor (Part of the Igntion Lock Cylinder Case) Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LF
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RF
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/WBM)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/WBM)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (w/U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (w/UE1)
        • Radio Connector End View C3 (w/U32)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter) (w/WBM or UR9/UP0)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter) (w/WBM or UR9/UP0)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (w/WBM)
        • Video Display Connector End View (w/U32)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Resistor Connector End View (w/ L61)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (w/ L61)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left (w/ L66)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (w/ L66)
        • Cooling Fan Relay Connector End View 3 (w/ L66)
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Cruise On/Off Switch Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Cruise Set/Resume Switch Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (HAA, DH3)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L61)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L66)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (Heated Seat Cushion Pigtail) (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (Heated Seat Back Pigtail) (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (w/KA1
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (Heated Seat Cushion Pigtail) (w/KA1
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C3 (Heated Seat Back Pigtail) (w/KA1
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1
        • Seat Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (2.2L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (2.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 3 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 4 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 5 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 6 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (3.5L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (3.5L)
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1 (Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2 (Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C4
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C5
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Wiper Motor - Rear Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L61)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L66)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L61)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L66)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Defrost
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Floor
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Panel
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (w/M/T)
        • Generator Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Generator Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Starter Relay Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C1 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C2 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C3 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Shift Solenoid Harness Connector End View
        • 3rd Clutch Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • 4th Clutch Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 1 Harness Connector End View
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2 Harness Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness Connector End View
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Harness Connector End View
        • Park Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • Shift Control A Solenoid Connector End View
        • Shift Control B Solenoid Connector End View
        • Shift Control C Solenoid Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • AT Inline Harness 20-way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Harness 7-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Harness 12-Way Connector End View
        • Brake Stop Lamp Switch Harness 2-Way Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator/Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Starting/Charging
        • Notes
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Underhood Fuse Block Label
          • Underhood Fuse Block Top View
          • Underhood Fuse Block Bottom View
          • I/P Fuse Block Label
          • I/P Fuse Block Top View
          • I/P Fuse Block Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside (Front Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Glass Replacement - Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Alarm
          • Rolling Code
          • Transmitter Resynchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0688
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B0689
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2947
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1629
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1372
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1382
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • Passlock Learn Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • A/C Request
            • Automatic Climate Control
            • Standard HVAC
          • Anti-Lockout
          • Audible Warnings
            • Notes
            • Key in Ignition Audible Chime
            • Lights On Audible Chime
            • Occupant Restraint Audible Chime
            • Park Brake Audible Chime
            • Telltale Chimes
            • Battery Rundown Protection
          • BCM Replacement
          • BTSI Solenoid
          • CAN/Class 2 Communications
          • Coolant Level
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Delayed Locking
          • Device Power
          • Display Dimming
          • Dome/Rear Reading Lamps
          • Door Locking/Unlocking
          • ECU Malfunction
          • Electric Rear Defogger
          • Front Washer Motor
          • Front Wiper Control
          • Fuel Level
          • Grounding
          • Horn
          • Instrument Panel Lights/Gauges
          • Intermittent Wiper Delay
          • Key-In-Ignition
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Liftgate Release
          • Low Brake Fluid
          • Notification Feature
          • Odometer
          • Oil Life Reset
          • Option Configuration
          • Park Brake
          • Park Lamp Switch
          • Power Mode
          • Rear Washer Motor
          • Rear Wiper Control
          • Security System
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (A/T)
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (M/T)
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U0073
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0100-U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC U2102 or U2103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Keyword Data Line
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Data Link References
          • Data Link References
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Data Line Circuit Description
          • Controller Area Network (CAN)
          • Keyword 2000 Data Line
          • GMLAN Low Speed Circuit Description
    • Service Programming System
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics (w/L61)
      • Cruise Control Schematics (w/L66)
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0567 (2.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0567 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0568 (2.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0568 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0571 (2.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0571 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1574 (2.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1574 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Release Switch Adjustment
      • Cruise Release Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/U2K)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/U1C/UM7)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/WBM)
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055 (w/out RPO WBM)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1025 - B1055 01, 02, and 04
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1025 - B1055 01
            • B1025 - B1055 02
            • B1025 - B1055 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055 (w/ RPO WBM)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1025 - B1055 01, 02, and 04
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1025 - B1055 01
            • B1025 - B1055 02
            • B1025 - B1055 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1030, B1040, B1050, or B1060 (w/ out RPO WBM)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1030 - B1060 01, 02, and 04
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1030 - B1060 01
            • B1030 - B1060 02
            • B1030 - B1060 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1030, B1040, B1050, or B1060 (w/ RPO WBM)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1030 - B1060 01, 02, and 04
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1030 - B1060 01
            • B1030 - B1060 02
            • B1030 - B1060 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • Power Type Antennas
            • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Speakers - Distortion
            • Notes
            • With RPO WBM
            • With RPO U2K
        • Radio Displays Err1, Err2, ----, or LOCK
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Only Front Speakers or Only Rear Speakers Inoperative (ION- RPO UZ6 only) (VUE- RPO WBM only)
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Without RPO UZ6 (ION) or RPO WBM (VUE)
          • With RPO UZ6 (ION) or RPO WBM (VUE)
        • Speakers Inoperative - Subwoofer
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
          • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
          • Video Display is Poor or Blank
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Auxiliary Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
            • Notes
            • Auxiliary Video Display is Poor or Blank
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console - VES Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Ground Strap
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • OnStar®
            • Amplifier
            • Subwoofer
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception - FM
            • Radio Reception - AM
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • On Board Diagnostic Mode (U1C only)
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
            • Test Tone Mode
            • LCD Display Segment Mode
            • Key Test Mode
            • Antenna Signal Meter Mode
            • Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Operating Modes
            • Activating Theft Deterrent
            • Deactivating the Theft Deterrent Feature - Radio in "SEC" (ARMED) MODE
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in "LOCK" or "- - - -" MODE (CODE KNOWN)
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in "LOCK" or "- - - -" Mode (Code Unknown)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • RDS Clock TIme
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Technical Information for the MP3/CD Radios (US8, US9)
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Rear Seat Entertainment
            • DVD Player
            • Roof Console
            • AUX Devices
            • OnStar®
            • Headphones
            • Remote Control
            • Parental Control
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (w/T82)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (w/o T82)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2532
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2743
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Liftgate Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Reduced Engine Power
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Upshift Indicator
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (w/T82)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (w/o T82)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2532
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2743
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Liftgate Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance Table
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2753
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
          • Alignment Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/U2K)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/U1C/UM7)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/WBM)
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055 (w/out RPO WBM)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1025 - B1055 01, 02, and 04
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1025 - B1055 01
            • B1025 - B1055 02
            • B1025 - B1055 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055 (w/ RPO WBM)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1025 - B1055 01, 02, and 04
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1025 - B1055 01
            • B1025 - B1055 02
            • B1025 - B1055 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1030, B1040, B1050, or B1060 (w/ out RPO WBM)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1030 - B1060 01, 02, and 04
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1030 - B1060 01
            • B1030 - B1060 02
            • B1030 - B1060 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1030, B1040, B1050, or B1060 (w/ RPO WBM)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1030 - B1060 01, 02, and 04
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1030 - B1060 01
            • B1030 - B1060 02
            • B1030 - B1060 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • Power Type Antennas
            • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Speakers - Distortion
            • Notes
            • With RPO WBM
            • With RPO U2K
        • Radio Displays Err1, Err2, ----, or LOCK
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Only Front Speakers or Only Rear Speakers Inoperative (ION- RPO UZ6 only) (VUE- RPO WBM only)
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Without RPO UZ6 (ION) or RPO WBM (VUE)
          • With RPO UZ6 (ION) or RPO WBM (VUE)
        • Speakers Inoperative - Subwoofer
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
          • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
          • Video Display is Poor or Blank
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Auxiliary Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment
            • Notes
            • Auxiliary Video Display is Poor or Blank
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console - VES Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Ground Strap
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • OnStar®
            • Amplifier
            • Subwoofer
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception - FM
            • Radio Reception - AM
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • On Board Diagnostic Mode (U1C only)
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
            • Test Tone Mode
            • LCD Display Segment Mode
            • Key Test Mode
            • Antenna Signal Meter Mode
            • Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Operating Modes
            • Activating Theft Deterrent
            • Deactivating the Theft Deterrent Feature - Radio in "SEC" (ARMED) MODE
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in "LOCK" or "- - - -" MODE (CODE KNOWN)
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in "LOCK" or "- - - -" Mode (Code Unknown)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • RDS Clock TIme
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Technical Information for the MP3/CD Radios (US8, US9)
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Rear Seat Entertainment
            • DVD Player
            • Roof Console
            • AUX Devices
            • OnStar®
            • Headphones
            • Remote Control
            • Parental Control
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside (Front Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Glass Replacement - Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Door Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Applique Replacement - Roof Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Applique Replacement - Roof Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Applique Replacement - Roof Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Support Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Reduced Engine Power
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Upshift Indicator
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Window Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Rear Compartment Closeout
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (w/T82)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (w/o T82)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2532
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2743
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Liftgate Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features With Tech 2
            • Enter Programming
            • Setting Options
            • Pre-alarm Option
            • CTD Operation
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Fob Feedback
            • Afterblow Option
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside (Front Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Glass Replacement - Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance Table
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (4-Way)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (2-Way)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (6-Way)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Seat Back Recliner Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Cable Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Actuator Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (2-Way Fold Flat)
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front (Driver Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front (Passenger Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Driver Side, 60 Percent)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Passenger Side, 40 Percent)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Release Cable Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Seats Description
          • Front Seats
          • Rear Seats
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seats System Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat System Description and Operation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
          • Alignment Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside (Front Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Glass Replacement - Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance Table
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wipers System And Washers System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Wiper/Washer
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3702
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3703
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3708
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3715, B3716, B3717, B3718, or B3719
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3722
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3723
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Pump/Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Filter Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Grommet Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Rear Washer Hose Routing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • High Operation (Front Wipers Only)
          • Intermittent Operation (Front and Rear Wipers)
          • Low Operation (Front Wipers Only)
          • Mist Operation (Front Wipers Only)
          • Park Position Operation
          • Wash Operation (Front and Rear Wipers)
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside (Front Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Glass Replacement - Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Alarm
          • Rolling Code
          • Transmitter Resynchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0688
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B0689
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2947
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1629
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms -- VUE
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Extension Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Liftgate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Adjustment
        • Hinge Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Ball Stud Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Plate and Rod Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wedge Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Panel Replacement - Bolt-On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Liftgate Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • License Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Red Line Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Reflector Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside (Front Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Glass Replacement - Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Door Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Applique Replacement - Roof Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Applique Replacement - Roof Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Applique Replacement - Roof Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Support Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Reduced Engine Power
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Upshift Indicator
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Window Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Rear Compartment Closeout
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Alignment Checking
      • Repair Instructions
        • Underbody Inspection
        • Reinforcement Replacement - Drivetrain and Front Suspension Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (L61)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (L66)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Datum Description
        • Centerline Description
          • Plane
          • Length
        • Vertical Body Zero Line
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
          • Alignment Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside (Front Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Glass Replacement - Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance Table
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (4-Way)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (2-Way)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (6-Way)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Seat Back Recliner Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Cable Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Actuator Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (2-Way Fold Flat)
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front (Driver Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front (Passenger Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Driver Side, 60 Percent)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Passenger Side, 40 Percent)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Release Cable Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Seats Description
          • Front Seats
          • Rear Seats
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seats System Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat System Description and Operation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Express Position
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Manual Operation
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Open
          • To Vent Open
          • Closing to the Fully Closed Position
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Limit Switch
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside (Front Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Glass Replacement - Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance Table
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0035, C0040, C0045, C0050
            • C0036, C0041, C0046, C0051
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035, C0040, C0045, C0050
            • C0036, C0041, C0046, C0051
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035, C0040, C0045, C0050
            • C0036, C0041, C0046, C0051
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0060-C0095
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0236
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Active Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Active Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On (L61 Engine W/NW7 Only)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative (L61 Engine W/NW7 Only)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Modulator Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Valve Assembly (BPMV)
          • ABS Control Module (EBTCM)
          • ABS Operation
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Drum Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Drum Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Drum Brakes
        • Brake Drum Diameter Measurement
        • Brake Drum Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Drum Brake Hardware Inspection
        • Drum Brake Adjusting Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Drum Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Drum Refinishing
        • Brake Shoe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Backing Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Hardware Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Adjusting Hardware Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Cylinder Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Drum Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
        • Hydraulic Brake Pipe Routing - Master Cylinder to ABS
        • Hydraulic Brake Pipe Routing - Master Cylinder to Proportioning Valve Assembly
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0005
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0267
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Drum Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
          • Disc Brake
          • Drum Brake
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Proportioning Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Hardware Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
  • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
        • Circuit Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Data Display/Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Initialization Sequence
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0051
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0035, C0040, C0045, C0050
          • C0036, C0041, C0046, C0051
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035, C0040, C0045, C0050
          • C0036, C0041, C0046, C0051
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035, C0040, C0045, C0050
          • C0036, C0041, C0046, C0051
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0060-C0095
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0236
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0241
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0245
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0896
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Active Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • ABS Active Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Always On (L61 Engine W/NW7 Only)
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative (L61 Engine W/NW7 Only)
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Modulator Assembly Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Valve Assembly (BPMV)
        • ABS Control Module (EBTCM)
        • ABS Operation
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Shaft Replacement (L61)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Replacement (L66)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Rear Axle Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Noise Acceptability
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Differential Clutch Drum Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Mount Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Housing and/or Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Housing Assembly Disassemble
        • Differential Housing Cleaning and Inspection
          • Housings
          • Gears and Shafts
          • Bearings and Races
          • Bearings and Races Clean and Inspect
        • Differential Housing Support Bushing Replacement
          • Tools Required
        • Drive Pinion Shim Selection
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
          • Assemble Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
            • Notes
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
              • Overview
              • Notes
              • Correction
            • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
        • Differential Housing Assembly Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Differential Assembly Fluid
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Roughness or Vibration
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Bearing Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Center Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Center Bearing Installation
          • Installation Procedure
            • Tool Required
        • Universal Joint Replacement - External Snap Ring
          • Tool Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Constant Velocity Joint Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning and Inspection
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Splice Pack SP101 Connector End View (G101)
        • Splice Pack SP113 Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Splice Pack SP114 Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View (G201)
        • Splice Pack SP203 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View (G205) (w/JM4)
        • Splice Pack SP301 Connector End View (G301)
        • Splice Pack SP401 Connector End View (G401)
        • Splice Pack SP403 Connector End View (G403)
        • C102 - Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L66)
        • C102 - Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C103 - Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Sensor Harness Connector End View (L66)
        • C104 - LF WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C105 - RF WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C106 - Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO)
        • C150 - Fuel Injector Harness to the Engine Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C200 - I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C201 - Auxiliary Outlet Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C202 - HVAC Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 - I/P Harness to the Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C300 - Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C302 - Sunroof Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C303 - I/P Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C304 - Shifter Assembly Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 - Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO, KA1)
        • C306 - Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO, KA1)
        • C307 - SDM (I/P) Harness to the SIS Harness Connector End View (Early Production)
        • C307 - SDM (I/P) Harness to the SIS Harness Connector End View (Late Production)
        • C308 - Roof Rail Module Harness to the SDM (I/P) Harness Connector End View (ASF)
        • C400 - Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 - Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 - Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C403 - Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C404 - Rear WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C405 - License Lamp Harness to the Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C406 - Fuel Tank Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 - Body Harness to the LR Door Connector End View
        • C800 - Body Harness to the RR Door Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View (Part of the Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left Lighting Systems
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right Lighting Systems
        • Backup Switch Connector End View (L61 w/M/T)
        • Center High Mount Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Map Lamp Connector End View
        • Cruise/Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Resistor Connector End View
        • Dimmer Switch (Dash Illumination) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftgate Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Stop Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Stop Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor (Part of the Igntion Lock Cylinder Case) Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LF
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RF
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/WBM)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/WBM)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (w/U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (w/UE1)
        • Radio Connector End View C3 (w/U32)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter) (w/WBM or UR9/UP0)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter) (w/WBM or UR9/UP0)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (w/WBM)
        • Video Display Connector End View (w/U32)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Resistor Connector End View (w/ L61)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (w/ L61)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left (w/ L66)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (w/ L66)
        • Cooling Fan Relay Connector End View 3 (w/ L66)
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Cruise On/Off Switch Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Cruise Set/Resume Switch Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (HAA, DH3)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L61)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L66)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (Heated Seat Cushion Pigtail) (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (Heated Seat Back Pigtail) (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (w/KA1
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (Heated Seat Cushion Pigtail) (w/KA1
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C3 (Heated Seat Back Pigtail) (w/KA1
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1
        • Seat Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (2.2L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (2.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 3 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 4 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 5 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 6 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (3.5L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (3.5L)
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1 (Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2 (Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C4
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C5
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Wiper Motor - Rear Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L61)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L66)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L61)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L66)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Defrost
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Floor
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Panel
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (w/M/T)
        • Generator Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Generator Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Starter Relay Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C1 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C2 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C3 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Shift Solenoid Harness Connector End View
        • 3rd Clutch Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • 4th Clutch Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 1 Harness Connector End View
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2 Harness Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness Connector End View
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Harness Connector End View
        • Park Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • Shift Control A Solenoid Connector End View
        • Shift Control B Solenoid Connector End View
        • Shift Control C Solenoid Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • AT Inline Harness 20-way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Harness 7-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Harness 12-Way Connector End View
        • Brake Stop Lamp Switch Harness 2-Way Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator/Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Underhood Fuse Block Label
          • Underhood Fuse Block Top View
          • Underhood Fuse Block Bottom View
          • I/P Fuse Block Label
          • I/P Fuse Block Top View
          • I/P Fuse Block Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Side Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Top Post Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
          • Tools Required
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Box Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B2965
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0520
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Bezel Replacement - Center
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Filler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Trip Odometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Reduced Engine Power
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Upshift Indicator
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key in Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2753
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Splice Pack SP101 Connector End View (G101)
        • Splice Pack SP113 Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Splice Pack SP114 Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View (G201)
        • Splice Pack SP203 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View (G205) (w/JM4)
        • Splice Pack SP301 Connector End View (G301)
        • Splice Pack SP401 Connector End View (G401)
        • Splice Pack SP403 Connector End View (G403)
        • C102 - Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L66)
        • C102 - Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C103 - Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Sensor Harness Connector End View (L66)
        • C104 - LF WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C105 - RF WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C106 - Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO)
        • C150 - Fuel Injector Harness to the Engine Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C200 - I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C201 - Auxiliary Outlet Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C202 - HVAC Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 - I/P Harness to the Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C300 - Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C302 - Sunroof Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C303 - I/P Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C304 - Shifter Assembly Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 - Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO, KA1)
        • C306 - Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO, KA1)
        • C307 - SDM (I/P) Harness to the SIS Harness Connector End View (Early Production)
        • C307 - SDM (I/P) Harness to the SIS Harness Connector End View (Late Production)
        • C308 - Roof Rail Module Harness to the SDM (I/P) Harness Connector End View (ASF)
        • C400 - Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 - Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 - Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C403 - Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C404 - Rear WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C405 - License Lamp Harness to the Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C406 - Fuel Tank Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 - Body Harness to the LR Door Connector End View
        • C800 - Body Harness to the RR Door Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View (Part of the Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left Lighting Systems
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right Lighting Systems
        • Backup Switch Connector End View (L61 w/M/T)
        • Center High Mount Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Map Lamp Connector End View
        • Cruise/Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Resistor Connector End View
        • Dimmer Switch (Dash Illumination) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftgate Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Stop Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Stop Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor (Part of the Igntion Lock Cylinder Case) Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LF
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RF
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/WBM)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/WBM)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (w/U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (w/UE1)
        • Radio Connector End View C3 (w/U32)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter) (w/WBM or UR9/UP0)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter) (w/WBM or UR9/UP0)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (w/WBM)
        • Video Display Connector End View (w/U32)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Resistor Connector End View (w/ L61)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (w/ L61)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left (w/ L66)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (w/ L66)
        • Cooling Fan Relay Connector End View 3 (w/ L66)
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Cruise On/Off Switch Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Cruise Set/Resume Switch Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (HAA, DH3)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L61)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L66)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (Heated Seat Cushion Pigtail) (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (Heated Seat Back Pigtail) (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (w/KA1
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (Heated Seat Cushion Pigtail) (w/KA1
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C3 (Heated Seat Back Pigtail) (w/KA1
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1
        • Seat Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (2.2L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (2.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 3 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 4 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 5 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 6 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (3.5L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (3.5L)
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1 (Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2 (Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C4
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C5
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Wiper Motor - Rear Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L61)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L66)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L61)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L66)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Defrost
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Floor
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Panel
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (w/M/T)
        • Generator Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Generator Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Starter Relay Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C1 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C2 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C3 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Shift Solenoid Harness Connector End View
        • 3rd Clutch Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • 4th Clutch Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 1 Harness Connector End View
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2 Harness Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness Connector End View
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Harness Connector End View
        • Park Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • Shift Control A Solenoid Connector End View
        • Shift Control B Solenoid Connector End View
        • Shift Control C Solenoid Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • AT Inline Harness 20-way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Harness 7-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Harness 12-Way Connector End View
        • Brake Stop Lamp Switch Harness 2-Way Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator/Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Underhood Fuse Block Label
          • Underhood Fuse Block Top View
          • Underhood Fuse Block Bottom View
          • I/P Fuse Block Label
          • I/P Fuse Block Top View
          • I/P Fuse Block Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Side Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Top Post Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
          • Tools Required
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Box Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Splice Pack SP101 Connector End View (G101)
        • Splice Pack SP113 Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Splice Pack SP114 Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View (G201)
        • Splice Pack SP203 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View (G205) (w/JM4)
        • Splice Pack SP301 Connector End View (G301)
        • Splice Pack SP401 Connector End View (G401)
        • Splice Pack SP403 Connector End View (G403)
        • C102 - Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L66)
        • C102 - Engine Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C103 - Engine Harness to the Crankshaft Position Sensor Harness Connector End View (L66)
        • C104 - LF WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C105 - RF WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C106 - Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO)
        • C150 - Fuel Injector Harness to the Engine Harness Connector End View (L61)
        • C200 - I/P Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C201 - Auxiliary Outlet Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C202 - HVAC Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 - I/P Harness to the Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C300 - Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C302 - Sunroof Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C303 - I/P Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C304 - Shifter Assembly Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 - Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO, KA1)
        • C306 - Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (HAA/HCO, KA1)
        • C307 - SDM (I/P) Harness to the SIS Harness Connector End View (Early Production)
        • C307 - SDM (I/P) Harness to the SIS Harness Connector End View (Late Production)
        • C308 - Roof Rail Module Harness to the SDM (I/P) Harness Connector End View (ASF)
        • C400 - Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 - Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 - Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C403 - Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C404 - Rear WSS Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C405 - License Lamp Harness to the Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C406 - Fuel Tank Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 - Body Harness to the LR Door Connector End View
        • C800 - Body Harness to the RR Door Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View (Part of the Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left Lighting Systems
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right Lighting Systems
        • Backup Switch Connector End View (L61 w/M/T)
        • Center High Mount Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Map Lamp Connector End View
        • Cruise/Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Resistor Connector End View
        • Dimmer Switch (Dash Illumination) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftgate Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Stop Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Stop Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor (Part of the Igntion Lock Cylinder Case) Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LF
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RF
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/WBM)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/WBM)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (w/U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (w/UE1)
        • Radio Connector End View C3 (w/U32)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter) (w/WBM or UR9/UP0)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter) (w/WBM or UR9/UP0)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (w/WBM)
        • Video Display Connector End View (w/U32)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Resistor Connector End View (w/ L61)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (w/ L61)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left (w/ L66)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (w/ L66)
        • Cooling Fan Relay Connector End View 3 (w/ L66)
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Cruise On/Off Switch Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Cruise Set/Resume Switch Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (HAA, DH3)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L61)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L66)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (Heated Seat Cushion Pigtail) (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (Heated Seat Back Pigtail) (w/KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (w/KA1
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (Heated Seat Cushion Pigtail) (w/KA1
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C3 (Heated Seat Back Pigtail) (w/KA1
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1
        • Seat Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/AG1)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (2.2L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (2.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 3 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 4 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 5 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) 6 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.5L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (3.5L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (3.5L)
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (w/ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1 (Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2 (Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C4
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C5
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Wiper Motor - Rear Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L61)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L66)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L61)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L66)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Defrost
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Floor
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Panel
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (w/M/T)
        • Generator Connector End View (w/L61)
        • Generator Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Starter Relay Connector End View (w/L66)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C1 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C2 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Connector End View C3 (Part of the Steering Column)
        • Shift Solenoid Harness Connector End View
        • 3rd Clutch Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • 4th Clutch Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 1 Harness Connector End View
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2 Harness Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness Connector End View
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Harness Connector End View
        • Park Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • Shift Control A Solenoid Connector End View
        • Shift Control B Solenoid Connector End View
        • Shift Control C Solenoid Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • AT Inline Harness 20-way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Harness 7-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Harness 12-Way Connector End View
        • Brake Stop Lamp Switch Harness 2-Way Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator/Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Starting/Charging
        • Notes
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.5L VIN 4
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Underhood Fuse Block Label
          • Underhood Fuse Block Top View
          • Underhood Fuse Block Bottom View
          • I/P Fuse Block Label
          • I/P Fuse Block Top View
          • I/P Fuse Block Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics (L61)
        • Engine Cooling Schematics (L66)
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0936
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0217
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693, P0694, or P1650 (L61)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693, P0694, or P1650 (L66)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On (L61)
        • Cooling Fan Always On (L66)
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (L61)
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (L66)
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools Required
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Coolant System Flushing
          • Flushing
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (2.2L (L61))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (2.2L (L61))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Low Coolant Level
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
              • Notes
              • Coolant
            • Radiator
              • Notes
              • Pressure Cap
              • Surge Tank
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Test Method
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (L66)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (Production Assembly)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (Service Part)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Mid Muffler Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter
        • Exhaust Manifold/Oxygen (O2) Sensor
        • Exhaust Manifold Pipe
        • Rear Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S-2)
        • Exhaust/Resonator Pipe
        • Muffler
        • Hangers and Isolators
        • Clamps
        • Shields
        • Exhaust Manifold Assembly - L61
        • Exhaust System Production
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil Requirements with the 2.2L L4 (L61) Engine Only
          • Engine Oil Requirements with the 3.5L V6 (L66) Engine Only
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Manual Transmission Fluid
          • Hydraulic Clutch
          • Cooling System
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
  • Engine Mechanical - 3.5L (L66)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Crankshaft Bearings Selection Specifications
      • Connecting Rod Bearings Selection Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Camshaft Timing Belt Alignment Diagram
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
        • Tools Required
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Intake Rocker Arm Diagnosis and Testing
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator - Replace
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Flow Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Spacer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Rear Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Belt Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Oil Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Drive Sprocket Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Drive Sprocket Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head (Left) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head (Right) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Engine Lift Bracket Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Throttle Body Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Timing Belt Cover Removal
        • Engine Mount Bracket Removal - Front
        • Timing Belt Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Timing Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Timing Belt Idler Pulley Removal
        • Timing Belt Drive Sprocket Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Shaft Removal
        • Camshaft Removal - Left
          • Tools Required
        • Camshaft Removal - Right
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Fuel Injection Manifold Removal - Left
        • Fuel Injection Manifold Removal - Right
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
        • Crankshaft Oil Deflector Removal
        • Oil Flow Control Module Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Crankshaft End Play Measurement
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Measurement
          • Crankshaft Main Bearing Clearance Measurement
          • Main Bearing Selection
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Connecting Rod Bolt Inspection
          • Piston Selection
          • Piston Ring Selection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Camshafts Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Inspection
          • Measuring Camshaft End Play
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lash Adjuster Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Notes
          • Valve Inspection
          • Measuring Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance - Dial Indicator Method
          • Measuring Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance - Micrometer Method
          • Valve Guide Replacement
          • Valve Seat Reconditioning
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Oil Flow Control Module Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Timing Belt Drive Sprocket Installation
        • Oil Flow Control Module Installation
        • Crankshaft Oil Deflector Installation
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Fuel Injection Manifold Installation - Left
        • Fuel Injection Manifold Installation - Right
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Camshaft Installation - Left
        • Camshaft Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Shaft Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Timing Belt Idler Pulley Installation
        • Timing Belt Tensioner Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Timing Belt Installation
        • Engine Mount Bracket Installation - Front
        • Timing Belt Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Valve Lash Adjustment
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Throttle Body Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Engine Lift Bracket Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Operation
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
        • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Notes
        • Intake Manifold
        • Camshaft Drive System
        • Valve Train
        • Cylinder Head
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemblies
        • Crankshaft
        • Engine Block
        • Oil Pan
        • Ignition
      • Intake Rocker Arm Control System Operation
        • Notes
        • Low Speed Operation
        • High Speed Operation
        • Valve Lash Adjuster
        • Electrical System Components
        • Spool Valve and Oil Pressure Switch
      • Lubrication Description
        • Notes
        • Oil Filter
    • Introduction
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Tools Required
        • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
      • Separating Parts
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Side Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Top Post Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
          • Tools Required
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Box Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L66)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - VUE W/V6 & Redline V6
    • Introduction
    • 2003 W/V6
    • 2004-2007 Redline W/V6
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls (Introduction) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
        • Temperature vs Resistance - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • Idle Speed Inspection
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tools Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar) (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar) (Plastic Collar Press Release)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar) (Plastic Collar Lever Release)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using The Fuel Pump
          • On The Ground
          • On The Hoist
          • Siphoning The Fuel Tank
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Primary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Secondary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Primary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Secondary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct and Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Notes
          • Self-Diagnosis Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Fail-Safe Function
          • Control Module Learning Ability
          • PCM Long Term Memory and Engine Off Diagnostics
          • PCM Output Controls
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical and Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Input Components
          • Output Components
          • Catalyst Monitor Diagnostic Operation
          • Three-Way Catalyst Oxygen Storage Capacity
          • Catalyst Monitor (Good Catalyst)
          • Catalyst Monitor (Bad Catalyst)
          • Misfire Monitor Diagnostic Operation
          • Fuel Trim System Monitor Diagnostic Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
              • Notes
              • Reduced Engine Power Mode
          • Idle Learn Procedure
          • TP Sensor Learned Value
        • Rocker Arm Oil Control System Description
          • Notes
          • System Operation
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Primary Fuel Tank Module
          • Secondary Fuel Tank Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Primary and Secondary Jet Pumps
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-rings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Metering System
          • Fuel Rail
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Engine Fueling
          • Air/Fuel Ratio Feedback Compensation - Closed Loop Operation
          • Synchronous Injection
          • Asynchronous Injection
          • Engine Starting Enrichment
          • Engine Warm-Up Enrichment
          • Acceleration Enrichment
          • High Engine Load Enrichment
          • System Voltage Compensation
          • Base Air/Fuel Ratio Compensation
          • Fuel Cutoff
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Valve Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Valve
            • EVAP Vent Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Noteworthy Ignition Information
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • Results of Faulty Knock Sensor Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Notes
          • EGR Valve
          • Operation
          • Results Of Incorrect Operation of the EGR System
        • Air Intake System Description
          • Notes
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Idle Speed Control
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensors
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • System Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0030 To DTC P0223) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, or P0056
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0097
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0098
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0112
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0113
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0118
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0123
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0139 or P0159
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0141 or P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0206
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0222
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0223
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0300 To DTC P0507) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0300
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition 1 for Setting the DTC
          • Condition 2 for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0301-P0306
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition 1 for Setting the DTC
          • Condition 2 for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0325
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0340
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0385
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0386
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0401
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0406
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Notes
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0498
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0499
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0506
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0601 To DTC P2229) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0628
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC P0629
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC P0688
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1129
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2100
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2101
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2108
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2111
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2112
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2122
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2123
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2127
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2135
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2138
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2199
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2227
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2228
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2229
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P2238 To DTC U0107) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P2238 or P2241
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2239 or P2242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2243 or P2247
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2245 or P2249
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2252 or P2255
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2253 or P2256
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2282
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2297 or P2298
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2413
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2414
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2415
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2553
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2554
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2555
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2627 or P2630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2628 or P2631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2646
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2647
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2648
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2649
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0107
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Introduction) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
        • Temperature vs Resistance - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • Idle Speed Inspection
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tools Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar) (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar) (Plastic Collar Press Release)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar) (Plastic Collar Lever Release)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using The Fuel Pump
          • On The Ground
          • On The Hoist
          • Siphoning The Fuel Tank
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Primary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Secondary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Primary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Secondary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct and Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Notes
          • Self-Diagnosis Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Fail-Safe Function
          • Control Module Learning Ability
          • PCM Long Term Memory and Engine Off Diagnostics
          • PCM Output Controls
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical and Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Input Components
          • Output Components
          • Catalyst Monitor Diagnostic Operation
          • Three-Way Catalyst Oxygen Storage Capacity
          • Catalyst Monitor (Good Catalyst)
          • Catalyst Monitor (Bad Catalyst)
          • Misfire Monitor Diagnostic Operation
          • Fuel Trim System Monitor Diagnostic Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
              • Notes
              • Reduced Engine Power Mode
          • Idle Learn Procedure
          • TP Sensor Learned Value
        • Rocker Arm Oil Control System Description
          • Notes
          • System Operation
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Primary Fuel Tank Module
          • Secondary Fuel Tank Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Primary and Secondary Jet Pumps
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-rings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Metering System
          • Fuel Rail
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Engine Fueling
          • Air/Fuel Ratio Feedback Compensation - Closed Loop Operation
          • Synchronous Injection
          • Asynchronous Injection
          • Engine Starting Enrichment
          • Engine Warm-Up Enrichment
          • Acceleration Enrichment
          • High Engine Load Enrichment
          • System Voltage Compensation
          • Base Air/Fuel Ratio Compensation
          • Fuel Cutoff
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Valve Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Valve
            • EVAP Vent Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Noteworthy Ignition Information
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • Results of Faulty Knock Sensor Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Notes
          • EGR Valve
          • Operation
          • Results Of Incorrect Operation of the EGR System
        • Air Intake System Description
          • Notes
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Idle Speed Control
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensors
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • System Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0030 To DTC P0223) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, or P0056
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0097
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0098
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0112
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0113
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0118
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0123
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0139 or P0159
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0141 or P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0206
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0222
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0223
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0300 To DTC P0507) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0300
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition 1 for Setting the DTC
          • Condition 2 for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0301-P0306
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition 1 for Setting the DTC
          • Condition 2 for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0325
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0340
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0385
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0386
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0401
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0406
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Notes
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0498
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0499
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0506
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0601 To DTC P2229) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0628
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC P0629
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC P0688
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1129
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2100
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2101
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2108
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2111
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2112
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2122
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2123
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2127
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2135
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2138
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2199
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2227
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2228
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2229
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P2238 To DTC U0107) -- 3.5L (L66)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P2238 or P2241
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2239 or P2242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2243 or P2247
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2245 or P2249
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2252 or P2255
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2253 or P2256
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2282
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2297 or P2298
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2413
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2414
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2415
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2553
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2554
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2555
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2627 or P2630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2628 or P2631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2646
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2647
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2648
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2649
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0107
          • Notes
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.5L (L66)
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Description
      • Conditions for Running
      • Diagnostic Aids
      • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (5AT) DTCS (A00188851)
    • Automatic Transmission (VT 25-E) DTCS (A00188781)
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communications DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 2.2L DTCS (A00188839) (A00188841)
    • Engine Performance - 3.5L DTCS (A00188840) (A00188845) (A00188844)
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC - Manual DTCS
    • Hydraulic Brakes DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Manual Transmission DTCS
    • Power Door Lock DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Automatic Transmission AF33 5-Speed Derivative Location, M45
          • Automatic Transmission Derivative Location CVT2, M75 and M16
          • Getrag Manual Transmission 5 Speed F23 Derivative Location, M86
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
          • Lock Cylinder Tumblers
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Door Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Liftgate Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Glove Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Automatic Transmission AF33 5-Speed Derivative Location, M45
          • Automatic Transmission Derivative Location CVT2, M75 and M16
          • Getrag Manual Transmission 5 Speed F23 Derivative Location, M86
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
          • Lock Cylinder Tumblers
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Door Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Liftgate Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Glove Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Compressed Valve Spring Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting to Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Drive Axle Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Carbon Particles Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Lower Control Arm Ball Stud Identification Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Automatic Transmission AF33 5-Speed Derivative Location, M45
          • Automatic Transmission Derivative Location CVT2, M75 and M16
          • Getrag Manual Transmission 5 Speed F23 Derivative Location, M86
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
          • Lock Cylinder Tumblers
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Door Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Liftgate Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Glove Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
          • DTC Symptom Subtypes
          • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
          • Tools Required
          • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
          • Tools Required
          • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Transfer Case Output Flange Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Transfer Case Output Flange Runout Measurement
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Driveline Working Angles
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil Requirements with the 2.2L L4 (L61) Engine Only
          • Engine Oil Requirements with the 3.5L V6 (L66) Engine Only
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Manual Transmission Fluid
          • Hydraulic Clutch
          • Cooling System
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
  • Restraints
    • Air Bag Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Notes
        • All Models With Passenger Air Bag
        • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Disabling & Enabling Zones
        • Ion
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • L-Series
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • VUE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Automatic Transmission AF33 5-Speed Derivative Location, M45
          • Automatic Transmission Derivative Location CVT2, M75 and M16
          • Getrag Manual Transmission 5 Speed F23 Derivative Location, M86
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
          • Lock Cylinder Tumblers
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Door Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Liftgate Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Glove Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Manual System
          • HVAC System Service Specifications
          • HVAC Torque Specifications
      • Axle Flange Nut
        • Axle Flange Nut Service Specifications
          • Axle Flange Nut Torque Specification
      • Battery
        • General Service
          • Battery Service Specifications
          • Battery Torque Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brakes Service Specifications
          • Disc Brakes Torque Specifications
        • Drum Brakes
          • Drum Brakes Service Specifications
          • Drum Brakes Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • General Service
          • Adjustment Specifications
          • Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • General Service
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
          • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
          • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
          • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • 2.2L (L61)
          • Compression Specifications
          • Oil Pressure Specifications
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Tightening Specifications
        • 3.5L (L66)
          • Compression Specifications
          • Oil Pressure Specifications
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Tightening Specifications
      • Fluid Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
          • Vehicle Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
        • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque Specifications
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel System Specifications
          • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Filter Location
          • Fuel Filter Removal & Installation
      • Ignition System
        • Firing Order
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Specifications
      • Starting System
        • Starter
          • Starter Service Specifications
          • Starter Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Bolts/Nuts
          • Torque Specifications
          • Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal & Installation (2002-2006)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (L61)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (L66)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • High or Low Temperature Control Effort
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor Replacement (L66)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor Thermal Protection Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (L66)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liquid Line Replacement (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liquid Line Replacement (L66)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L66)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Port Valve Core Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Dehydrator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement (First Design)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement (Second Design)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor Replacement (First Design)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor Replacement (Second Design)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Case Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Evaporator Case Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement (First Design)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (L66 at Heater Core)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (L66 at Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L66 at Heater Core)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L66 at Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Impeller Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Center Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems -- Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3787 or B3788
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530, P0532, or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646, or P0647
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure at the HVAC Control Head
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Control Cable Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • After blow
            • Mode Actuators - Defrost, Panel and Floor
          • Air Speed
          • Air Delivery
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • L66/3.5 L - Ly7/3.6L
            • L61/2.2 L
            • Evaporator Low Ambient Protection
            • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil Requirements with the 2.2L L4 (L61) Engine Only
          • Engine Oil Requirements with the 3.5L V6 (L66) Engine Only
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Manual Transmission Fluid
          • Hydraulic Clutch
          • Cooling System
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Diagnostic System Check - SIR
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0057, B0058, or B0059
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0064, B0065, or B0066
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Notes
          • Frontal Inflator Module Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Roof Rail Inflator Module Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live and Undeployed Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle - Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Roof Rail Module
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle - Vehicle Scrapping Procedure
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle - Vehicle Scrapping Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioners
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Knee Bolster
          • Steering Column and Wheel
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Front and Rear Seat Belt Retractors
            • Notes
            • Static Test Seat Belts with Child Hold-Out Mechanism (CHOM) Feature
          • Safety Belt Operational Checks
            • Front and Rear Restraints
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front (Side Mount)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front (Quick Connect)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Child Restraint Tether Anchor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat System
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Front and Rear Seat Belt Retractors
            • Notes
            • Static Test Seat Belts with Child Hold-Out Mechanism (CHOM) Feature
          • Safety Belt Operational Checks
            • Front and Rear Restraints
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front (Side Mount)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front (Quick Connect)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Child Restraint Tether Anchor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat System
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering System Connector End Views
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Steering System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0475
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0476
          • Circuit Description
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545
          • Circuit Description
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0847
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0848
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Torque Sensor
            • Notes
            • EPS Motor
            • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering System Connector End Views
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Steering System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0475
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0476
          • Circuit Description
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545
          • Circuit Description
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0847
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0848
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Torque Sensor
            • Notes
            • EPS Motor
            • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering System Connector End Views
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Power Steering System Schematics
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Diagnostic System Check - Power Steering System
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC C0000
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0475
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0476
        • Circuit Description
        • Condition for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0545
        • Circuit Description
        • Condition for Running the DTC
        • Condition for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0551
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0847
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0848
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC C0896
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0899
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0900
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
    • Repair Instructions
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Torque Sensor
          • Notes
          • EPS Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Inspection
        • Collapse Measurement
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Alignment Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Stop Ring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Front)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the Bumper Heights
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Rear Drive Module Mounting Bushing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Bushing Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Bushing Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Jounce Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Toe Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the Bumper Heights
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Caster Adjustment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
    • Wheel Alignment System - Specifications
      • Specifications
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission, 5AT (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission, 5AT (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • Fluid Pump Specifications
        • Shim Size Specifications
        • Transmission Clearance Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Visual Identification
        • Automatic Transmission Inline Harness Connector End View
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • P Position
          • Reverse
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • R Position: Driving in Reverse Gear
            • Reverse Inhibitor Control
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • N Position
          • Drive or Intermediate - First Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D or I Position: Driving in 1st gear
          • Drive or Intermediate - Second Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D or I Position: Driving in 2nd gear
          • Drive or Intermediate - Third Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D or I Position: Driving in 3rd gear
          • Drive Range - Fourth Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D Position: Driving in 4th gear
          • Drive Range Fifth Gear - TCC Released
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D Position: Driving in 5th gear
          • Low Range - First Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • L Position: 1st-Hold Gear
          • Low Range - Second Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • L Position: Driving in 2nd Gear
        • Fluid Passages
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
          • Notes
          • Transaxle (2WD)
          • Transaxle (4WD)
        • Transmission System Description and Operation
          • Gear Operation
          • PNDI Power Flow
            • Notes
            • P Position
            • N Position
            • D or I Position
          • 1st Gear Power Flow
          • 2nd Gear Power Flow
          • 3rd Gear Power Flow
          • 4th Gear Power Flow
          • 5th Gear Power Flow
          • L Gear Power Flow
          • L Gear Power Flow - Deceleration
          • R Gear Power Flow
        • Transmission Component and System Description
          • Gear Operation
          • Electronic Control System
            • Functional Diagram
            • Shift Control
            • Ascending Control
            • Descending Control
            • Deceleration Control
          • Clutch Pressure Control
            • Notes
            • TCC Lock-Up Control
          • Torque Converter Lock-Up System
            • Notes
            • TCC Lock-Up ON - Engaging the TCC
            • TCC Lock-Up OFF - Disengaging the TCC
            • No Lock-Up
            • Partial Lock-Up
            • Full Lock-Up
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transaxle Inputs
            • TCC Brake Switch
            • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
            • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
            • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
            • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch
          • Transaxle Outputs
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Enable Solenoid
            • Shift Solenoid Valve A,B,C (1, 2, 3)
            • 3rd Clutch Oil Pressure Switch
            • 4th Clutch Oil Pressure Switch
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission, 5AT (Repair Instructions)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 4th Clutch Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3rd Clutch Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Lever Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Oil Level Indicator Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Output Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Pipe Seals Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • A/B Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Assembly Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • A/B Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mainshaft End Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft End Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Wiring Harness Extension Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Select Cable Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • Draining Transmission Fluid
        • Fluid Level Indicator Removal
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Removal
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Manifold Removal
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control Solenoid Removal
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Removal
        • Input and Output Speed Sensors Removal
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Removal
        • Transmission Case Cover Removal
          • Notes
          • Output Shaft Rear Access Cover Removal
        • Mainshaft Retainer Nut Removal
        • Transmission Case Removal
        • Fluid Feed Pipe Removal
        • Park Pawl Assembly Removal
        • 1st/2nd Clutch Shaft Lube Feed Pipe Removal
        • Shaft and Clutches Removal
        • Manual Shaft Detent Lever and Park Pawl Actuator with Linkage Assembly Removal
        • Front Differential Assembly and Transfer Case Input Gear Removal
        • 3rd Clutch Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Fluid Filter Removal
        • Accumulator Valve Body Removal
        • Servo Valve Body Removal
        • Regulator Valve Body Removal
        • Main Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Torque Converter Housing Disassemble
        • Torque Converter Housing Assemble
        • Reverse Idler Gear Replacement
          • Removal
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Assembly
          • Installation
        • Lube Fluid Filter Replacement
        • 1st/Coast Clutch Apply Fluid Collar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mainshaft Rear Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3rd Clutch Shaft Rear Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Pawl Actuator Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 3rd and 4th Clutch Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Fitting Replacement
        • Mainshaft Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • 4th Drive Gear and Clutch Hub Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Assembly
        • 4th and 5th/Reverse Clutch Assembly Disassemble
        • 4th and 5th/Reverse Clutch Inspection
        • 4th and 5th/Reverse Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Clutch Backing Plate Clearance Measurement
        • Mainshaft Assemble
        • Output Shaft Disassemble
        • Output Shaft Assemble
        • 1st/2nd Clutch Shaft Disassemble
        • 1st Clutch Hub Replacement
        • 1st/Coast Clutch Disassemble
        • 1st/Coast Clutch Inspection
        • 1st/Coast Clutch Assemble
        • 2nd Clutch Disassemble
        • 2nd Clutch Inspection
        • 2nd Clutch Assemble
        • 1st/2nd Clutch Shaft Assemble
        • 3rd Clutch Shaft Disassemble
        • 3rd Clutch Disassemble
        • 3rd Clutch Inspection
        • 3rd Clutch Assemble
        • 3rd Clutch Shaft Assemble
        • General Valve Body Service Instructions
          • Valve Body Repair
          • Valve Body Valve Installation
        • Regulator Valve Body Assembly Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Valve Body Assembly Overhaul
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Servo Valve Body Overhaul
          • Removal Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Main Control Valve Body Assembly Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Front Differential Assembly Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Backlash Inspection Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Bearing Removal Procedure
          • Bearing Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Case Front Differential Bearing Race Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Case Axle Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Gear Assembly Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Gear Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Gear Installed Height Measurement
        • Front Differential Rotational Torque Measurement
        • 3rd Clutch Shaft Installed Height Measurement
        • 1st/2nd Clutch Shaft Installed Height Measurement
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Installation
        • Servo Valve Body Assembly Installation
        • Accumulator Valve Body Assembly Installation
        • Regulator Valve Body Assembly Installation
        • Fluid Filter Installation
        • 3rd Clutch Shaft Assembly Installation
        • Transfer Case Input Gear Assembly Installation
        • Front Differential Assembly Installation
        • Manual Shaft Detent Lever and Park Pawl Actuator with Linkage Assembly Installation
        • Shafts and Clutch Assemblies Installation
        • Parking Pawl Assembly Installation
        • Fluid Feed Pipes Installation
        • Transmission Case Assembly Installation
        • Transaxle Fluid Cooler Pipe Fitting Installation
        • Transaxle Fluid Level Indicator Installation
        • Wiring Harness Installation
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Manifold Installation
        • Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Installation
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Lock Up Pressure Control Solenoid Installation
        • Input and Output Speed Sensors Installation
        • 3rd and 4th Clutch Fluid Pressure Switch Installation
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Installation
        • Drain Plug Installation
        • Holding Fixture Removal
        • Torque Converter Installation
        • Automatic Transmission Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Automatic Transmission, 5AT (Troubleshooting)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • No Forward and Reverse
        • No Drive in Forward Ranges
        • Vehicle Does Not Move in Low Range
        • No Reverse, or Forward Movement In Reverse
        • Poor Acceleration, Flares on Start Off in Drive, Intermediate and Reverse
        • High Stall Speed in Drive, Intermediate and Low
        • Stall Speed High in Reverse
        • Low Stall Speed
        • Vibration at Idle
        • Forward Motion in Neutral
        • Delay in Shifting from Neutral to Drive and Intermediate Ranges
        • Delayed Engagement into Reverse
        • Transmission Does Not Shift
        • Erratic Shift Quality
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Harsh 1-2 or 2-1 Shift Feel
        • Harsh or Soft 2-3/3-2 Shift Feel
        • Harsh or Soft 3-4/4-3 Shift Feel
        • Harsh Shift 4 to 5, or 5 to 4
        • Noise in All Ranges
        • Vehicle Does Not Accelerate More Than 31 mph (50 km/h)
        • Vibration in All Shift Lever Positions
        • Shift Lever Does Not Operate Smoothly
        • Transmission Does Not Shift into Park
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Disengaging
        • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply or Release
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • Shift Speed Too Low
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
          • Notes
          • Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plugs - Transmission Case
          • Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plugs - Torque Converter Housing
        • Road Test Procedure
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Whine Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Stall Speed Test
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test
    • Automatic Transmission, 5AT Diagnosis (DTC P0218 To DTC P0761)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0218
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the CHECK COOLANT TEMP Indicator/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0501
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0502
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0705
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0706
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Case 1
            • Case 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0717
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0718
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0731
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0732
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0733
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0734
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0735
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0746
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Case 1
            • Case 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0747
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Case 1
            • Case 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0761
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission, 5AT Diagnosis (DTC P0762 To DTC P2770)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0762
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0776
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0777
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0780
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0847
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0848
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0872
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0873
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0962
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0963
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0966
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0967
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0973
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0974
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0976
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0977
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0979
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0980
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2763
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2764
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2769
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2770
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2707
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2708
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission, 5AT (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • Fluid Pump Specifications
        • Shim Size Specifications
        • Transmission Clearance Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Visual Identification
        • Automatic Transmission Inline Harness Connector End View
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • P Position
          • Reverse
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • R Position: Driving in Reverse Gear
            • Reverse Inhibitor Control
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • N Position
          • Drive or Intermediate - First Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D or I Position: Driving in 1st gear
          • Drive or Intermediate - Second Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D or I Position: Driving in 2nd gear
          • Drive or Intermediate - Third Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D or I Position: Driving in 3rd gear
          • Drive Range - Fourth Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D Position: Driving in 4th gear
          • Drive Range Fifth Gear - TCC Released
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • D Position: Driving in 5th gear
          • Low Range - First Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • L Position: 1st-Hold Gear
          • Low Range - Second Gear
            • Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
            • L Position: Driving in 2nd Gear
        • Fluid Passages
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
          • Notes
          • Transaxle (2WD)
          • Transaxle (4WD)
        • Transmission System Description and Operation
          • Gear Operation
          • PNDI Power Flow
            • Notes
            • P Position
            • N Position
            • D or I Position
          • 1st Gear Power Flow
          • 2nd Gear Power Flow
          • 3rd Gear Power Flow
          • 4th Gear Power Flow
          • 5th Gear Power Flow
          • L Gear Power Flow
          • L Gear Power Flow - Deceleration
          • R Gear Power Flow
        • Transmission Component and System Description
          • Gear Operation
          • Electronic Control System
            • Functional Diagram
            • Shift Control
            • Ascending Control
            • Descending Control
            • Deceleration Control
          • Clutch Pressure Control
            • Notes
            • TCC Lock-Up Control
          • Torque Converter Lock-Up System
            • Notes
            • TCC Lock-Up ON - Engaging the TCC
            • TCC Lock-Up OFF - Disengaging the TCC
            • No Lock-Up
            • Partial Lock-Up
            • Full Lock-Up
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transaxle Inputs
            • TCC Brake Switch
            • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
            • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
            • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
            • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch
          • Transaxle Outputs
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Enable Solenoid
            • Shift Solenoid Valve A,B,C (1, 2, 3)
            • 3rd Clutch Oil Pressure Switch
            • 4th Clutch Oil Pressure Switch
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Transfer Case
    • Transfer Case - MJ8
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transfer Case Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Fluid Drain and Fill
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
        • Transfer Case Assembly Inspection
        • Transfer Case Housings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Internal Components Cleaning and Inspection
        • Transfer Case Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Transfer Case - NVG 900
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transfer Case Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Axle Shaft Oil Seal Replacement
        • Pinion Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Drive Axle Inner Stub Shaft Bearing Replacement
        • Transfer Case Mounting Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Housings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Housings
          • Gears and Shafts
          • Bearings and Races
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Take-Off Unit (PTU) Fluid
          • Power Take-Off Unit (PTU) Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages